Você está na página 1de 289

Technical Data manual

for Cube67
and Cube67+

Installation

Technical Data
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Publisher's Note

Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ (Article Numbers: see following pages)

Version 2.5
Edition 05_11 EN
Manual Number 56971

Murrelektronik GmbH
Falkenstrae 3
D-71570 Oppenweiler

Phone +49 (0) 7191 47-0


Fax +49 (0) 7191 47-130
info@murrelektronik.de

V 2.5 2
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

System / Bus Node Modules


Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P
Art. No. 56 502 Cube67 BN-DN
Art. No. 56 504 Cube67 BN-C
Art. No. 56 505 Cube67 BN-E
Art. No. 56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2
Art. No. 56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid

Cube67+ Bus Node Art. No. 56521 Cube67+ BN-P

Cube20 Modules Art. No. 56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8

Cube67 Modules Art. No. 56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12


Art. No. 56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12
Art. No. 56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12
Art. No. 56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12
Art. No. 56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3
Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN
Art. No. 56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12
Art. No. 56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12
Art. No. 56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12
Art. No. 56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12
Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN
Art. No. 56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8
Art. No. 56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8
Art. No. 56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8
Art. No. 56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8
Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN
Art. No. 56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A
Art. No. 56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A
Art. No. 56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A)
Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3
Art. No. 56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve
Art. No. 56 653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC
Art. No. 56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve
Art. No. 56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A
Art. No. 56 600 2 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m
Art. No. 56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC
Art. No. 56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable
Art. No. 56 610 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m
Art. No. 56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A
Art. No. 56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5
Art. No. 56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A
Art. No. 56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Art. No. 56 691 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail
Art. No. 56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U)
Art. No. 56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)
Art. No. 56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U)
Art. No. 56 711 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U)
Art. No. 56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)
Art. No. 56 721 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I)
Art. No. 56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)
Art. No. 56 731 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I)
Art. No. 56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD
Art. No. 56 741 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD
Art. No. 56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH
Art. No. 56 749 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH
Art. No. 56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12
Art. No. 56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12

V 2.5 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Art. No. 56 771 Cube67 Logic 4xM12


Art. No. 56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8"
Art. No. 56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP
Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN
Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN
Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN

Cube67+ Modules Art. No. 56 752 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12


Art. No. 56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12
Art. No. 56 765 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Customer-specific Cube67 Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID


Modules Art. No. 56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
Art. No. 56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
Art. No. 56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA
Art. No. 56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA
Art. No. 56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA
Art. No. 56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA
Art. No. 56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA
Art. No. 56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA
Art. No. 56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA
Art. No. 56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA
Art. No. 56 748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA
Art. No. 56 651 00 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV
Art. No. 56 600 1 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1.4m
Art. No. 56 650 03 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3
Art. No. 56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V
Art. No. 56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22
Art. No. 56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10
Art. No. 56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B
Art. No. 56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC
Art. No. 56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27
Art. No. 56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C
Art. No. 56 651 16 Cube67 DO16 E Valve MAC
Art. No. 56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA
Art. No. 56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA
Art. No. 56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK
Art. No. 56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV
Art. No. 56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9)
Art. No. 56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10
Art. No. 56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA
Art. No. 56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03
Art. No. 56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10
Art. No. 56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC
Art. No. 56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA
Art. No. 56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04
Art. No. 56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27
Art. No. 56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC
Art. No. 56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta
Art. No. 56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta
Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID
Art. No. 56 600 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1.2m

V 2.5 4
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Service and Support

Website:

www.murrelektronik.com

In addition, our Customer Service Center (CSC) will be glad to assist you:

Our Customer Service Center can support you throughout your project in the planning and
conception of customer applications, configuration, installation, and startup. We also offer competent
consulting or - in more complex cases - we even provide direct onsite support.

The Customer Service Center provides support tools. It performs measurements for fieldbus systems,
such as PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, CANopen, and AS interface, as well as energy, heat, and EMC
measurements.

Our coworkers at the Customer Service Center provide their competence, know-how, and years of
experience. They are knowledgeable about hardware and software, and compatibility with products
made by various manufacturers.

You can contact the Customer Service Center at

telephone number +49 (0) 71 91 47-424

or by email at csc@murrelektronik.de.

V 2.5 5
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

About the User Manual and its Structure

V 2.5 6
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

The following links will provide you with more information on bus systems, as well as the standards
and specifications on which they are based:

>>> PROFIBUS (www.PROFIBUS.com)

>>> PROFINET (www.profinet.com)

>>> EtherNet/IP (www.odva.org)

>>> DeviceNet (www.odva.org)

V 2.5 7
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

>>> EtherCAT (www.ethercat.org)

>>> CANopen (www.can-cia.org)

>>> IO-Link IO link (www.io-link IO link.com)

V 2.5 8
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Table of Contents

Publisher's Note ....................................................................................................................................... 2

Service and Support ................................................................................................................................ 5

About the User Manual and its Structure ................................................................................................. 6

Table of Contents..................................................................................................................................... 9

Important Information ............................................................................................................................. 23

1. Installation .......................................................................................................................................... 25

1.1 Assembly instructions .................................................................................................................. 25

1.1.1 Base and mounting position .................................................................................................. 25

1.1.2 Number of components ......................................................................................................... 26

1.1.2.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 26

1.1.2.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 26

1.1.2.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 27

1.1.3 Spacing .................................................................................................................................. 27

1.1.4 Length of lines ....................................................................................................................... 28

1.1.4.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 28

1.1.4.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 28

1.1.4.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 28

1.1.5 Module dimensions ................................................................................................................ 29

1.1.6 Mounting positions ................................................................................................................. 31

1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node .................................................................................................. 34

1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module ...................................................................... 34

1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 35

1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node ................................................................ 36

1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node ........................................................................... 37

1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67 ............................................................................................. 38

1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node ................................................................................................ 39

1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node .......................................................................................... 39

1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node .............................................................. 40

V 2.5 9
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 41

1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 42

1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules .............................................................................................. 43

1.4.1 Mounting the module ............................................................................................................. 43

1.4.2 Connecting functional earth ................................................................................................... 44

1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules ................................................. 47

1.6 Connections ................................................................................................................................. 48

1.6.1 Bus node................................................................................................................................ 48

1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501).............................................. 48

1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521) ........................................... 49

1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502) .......................................... 50

1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504) ............................................... 51

1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505).............................................. 52

1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)..................................... 53

1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531) .................................. 54

1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+ ....................................................................................... 56

1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12 ......................................................... 56

1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640) ............................................. 57

1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 ............................................ 58

1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) ............................. 59

1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602) .............................. 60

1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 (Art. No. 56 605) ............. 61

1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12 .................................. 62

1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12 .................................. 62

1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620) ............................... 63

1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621) and Cube67 DIO8 E
8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150) ...................................................................................................... 64

1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622) ................................ 65

1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623) ................................ 66

1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650) ........................ 67

1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650).................................................................... 68

V 2.5 10
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.15 Overview of connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve, DO8 E Valve, (DO22 E Valve, DO23
E Valve, DO24 E Valve), DO32 Valve, DIO8 Cable, DIO16 E Cable 0,5A ................................ 71

1.6.2.16 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A (Art. No. 56 663) ...................... 72

1.6.2.17 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681) ........................................ 73

1.6.2.18 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100 .............................. 74

1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691) ........................................ 75

1.6.2.20 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 700) ....................... 76

1.6.2.21 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 701) and Cube67 AI4
E 4xM12 (U) VA (Art. No. 56 70150) .......................................................................................... 77

1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 710)...................... 78

1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 ........................ 79

1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720) and Cube67 AO4
C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050) ............................................................................................ 80

1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721 ........................ 81

1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 730) and Cube67 AI4 C
4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 73050) ............................................................................................... 82

1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731.......................... 83

1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 740) and Cube67 AI4
C 4xM12 RTD VA (Art. No. 56 74050) ........................................................................................ 84

1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741) ....................... 85

1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH (Art. No. 56 748) and Cube67 AI4
C 4xM12 TH VA (Art. No. 56 74850) .......................................................................................... 86

1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749 ........................ 87

1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750) .......................... 88

1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 (Art.No. 56 760)................ 89

1.6.2.34 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761)........................... 90

1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 771) .......................... 91

1.6.2.36 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 ........................................ 92

1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals......................................................................... 93

1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 ............................................................... 93

1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules ................................................................................................... 94

1.7 Wiring ........................................................................................................................................... 95

V 2.5 11
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection ............................................................................................. 96

1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection ................................................................................ 98

1.7.3 M16 connection ................................................................................................................... 100

1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules ............................................................................................................. 101

1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection ......................................................................... 102

1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691) .................................................... 102

1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651 ......................................................................................... 104

1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661 ........................................ 104

1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656 ......................................................................................... 105

1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656 ..................................... 106

1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662 ............................................................................ 106

1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8 Art. No. 56 955 ............................................................ 107

1.7.7 Internal system connection .................................................................................................. 108

1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations .......................................................................... 109

1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640) ................................................ 110

1.7.10 Cap of the bus node .......................................................................................................... 111

1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector ......................................................................... 111

1.7.10.2 Bus connection ........................................................................................................... 112

2. Technical Data ................................................................................................................................. 113

2.1 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501 ................................................................................................. 113

2.1.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 113

2.1.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 114

2.1.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 114

2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ................................................................................................. 116

2.2.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 116

2.2.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 117

2.2.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 117

2.3 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN Art. No. 56 507 ...................................................... 119

2.3.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 119

2.3.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 120

V 2.5 12
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.3.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 120

2.4 Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504................................................................................................. 122

2.4.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 122

2.4.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 123

2.4.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 123

2.5 Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 ................................................................................................. 125

2.5.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 125

2.5.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 126

2.5.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 126

2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 ..................................................................................... 128

2.6.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 128

2.6.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 129

2.6.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 129

2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450 ....................................................................................... 131

2.7.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 131

2.7.2 Mechanical Data .................................................................................................................. 132

2.7.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 133

2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600 ............................................................................... 134

2.8.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 134

2.8.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 135

2.8.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 135

2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150 137

2.9.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 137

2.9.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 138

2.9.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 138

2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602 ................................................................................ 140

2.10.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 140

2.10.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 141

2.10.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 141

2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603 ................................................................................ 143

V 2.5 13
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.11.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 143

2.11.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 144

2.11.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 145

2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605 ................................................................ 146

2.12.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 146

2.12.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 147

2.12.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 148

2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606 ........................................................................ 149

2.13.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 149

2.13.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 150

2.13.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 151

2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610 ............................................................................... 152

2.14.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 152

2.14.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 153

2.14.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 153

2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611; Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
155

2.15.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 155

2.15.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 156

2.15.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 156

2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612 .................................................................................. 158

2.16.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 158

2.16.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 159

2.16.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 160

2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613 .................................................................................. 161

2.17.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 161

2.17.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 162

2.17.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 163

2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616 .......................................................................... 164

2.18.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 164

2.18.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 165

V 2.5 14
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.18.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 166

2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620 ................................................................................. 167

2.19.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 167

2.19.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 168

2.19.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 168

2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .............................................................................................................. 170

2.20.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 170

2.20.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 171

2.20.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 171

2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622 .................................................................................... 173

2.21.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 173

2.21.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 174

2.21.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 175

2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623 .................................................................................... 176

2.22.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 176

2.22.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 177

2.22.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 178

2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626 ............................................................................ 179

2.23.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 179

2.23.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 180

2.23.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 181

2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631 .......................................................................... 182

2.24.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 182

2.24.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 183

2.24.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 183

2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640 ..................................................................... 185

2.25.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 185

2.25.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 186

2.25.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 186

2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641 ................................................... 188

V 2.5 15
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.26.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 188

2.26.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 189

2.26.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 189

2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 650 ........................................................................... 191

2.27.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 191

2.27.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 192

2.27.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 193

2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651; DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65100;
DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 65101; DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 65110;
DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65111; DO16 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65112;
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65150; DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65151 ........... 194

2.28.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 194

2.28.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 195

2.28.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 195

2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve Art. No. 56 655 , DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E
Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501 197

2.29.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 197

2.29.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 198

2.29.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 199

2.30 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Art. No. 56 656; DO24 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65600;
DO24 E Valve MPA Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 Art. No. 56 65602;
DO32 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 Art. No. 56 65602;
DO32 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65605; DO24 E Valve HF04 Art. No. 56 65606;
DO24 E Valve SMC M27 Art. No. 56 65607 200

2.30.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 200

2.30.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 201

2.30.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 202

2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 661; DIO8 E Cable 2m 5666100; DIO8 E Cable M12
ID 56 66500 203

2.31.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 203

2.31.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 204

2.31.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 204

2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662....................................................................... 206

V 2.5 16
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.32.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 206

2.32.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 207

2.32.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 207

2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663 .......................................................................... 209

2.33.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 209

2.33.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 210

2.33.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 210

2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681; DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100
212

2.34.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 212

2.34.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 213

2.34.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 214

2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691 ........................................................................ 216

2.35.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 216

2.35.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 217

2.35.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 217

2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700 ............................................................................ 219

2.36.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 219

2.36.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 220

2.36.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 220

2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701; AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 70150...... 222

2.37.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 222

2.37.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 223

2.37.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 223

2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710 ........................................................................... 225

2.38.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 225

2.38.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 226

2.38.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 226

2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 ........................................................................... 228

2.39.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 228

2.39.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 229

V 2.5 17
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.39.3 Elektrical Data ................................................................................................................... 229

2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 720; AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 72050 .... 231

2.40.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 231

2.40.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 232

2.40.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 232

2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721 ............................................................................ 234

2.41.1 Dimension drawings .......................................................................................................... 234

2.41.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 235

2.41.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 235

2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730; AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 73050 ....... 237

2.42.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 237

2.42.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 238

2.42.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 238

2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731 .............................................................................. 240

2.43.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 240

2.43.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 241

2.43.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 241

2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art.
No. 56 74050 .................................................................................................................................... 243

2.44.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 243

2.44.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 244

2.44.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 244

2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741 .......................................................................... 246

2.45.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 246

2.45.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 247

2.45.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 247

2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA Art.
No. 56 74850 249

2.46.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 249

2.46.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 250

2.46.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 250

V 2.5 18
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749 ............................................................................. 252

2.47.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 252

2.47.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 253

2.47.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 253

2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750 ............................................................................... 255

2.48.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 255

2.48.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 256

2.48.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 256

2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752 ................................................................... 258

2.49.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 258

2.49.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 259

2.49.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 259

2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760..................................................................... 261

2.50.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 261

2.50.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 262

2.50.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 262

2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761 .......................................................... 264

2.51.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 264

2.51.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 265

2.51.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 265

2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765 ................................................................... 268

2.52.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 268

2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771 ............................................................................... 272

2.53.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 272

2.53.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 273

2.53.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 273

2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 955 ........................................................................................... 275

2.54.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 275

2.54.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 276

2.54.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 276

V 2.5 19
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

3. Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 278

3.1 General accessories .................................................................................................................. 278

3.2 Cables ........................................................................................................................................ 281

4. Table of Figures ............................................................................................................................... 284

5. Index of Tables ................................................................................................................................ 287

Legal Provisions ................................................................................................................................... 288

V 2.5 20
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Supplements / Corrections

Version Chapter Supplement / correction Date / name


1.0 Compilation 04/24/03 / Hinze
1.1 New modules 07/29/03 / Grofik
1.2 Added 56740 and Chap. 2.5.5.4 12/04/03 / Grofik
1.3 2.5.5.1 Correction + new modules 11/05/04 M.H. / Grofik
1.4 New Modules 56 531, 56 650 04/04/05 M.H./Wei
1.5 New module 56 662 09/15/05
1.6 New modules 07/17/06 / M.H./Gro.
1.7 Correction (56 662) 02/05/07 / M.H./Gro
1.8 1 Instruction on safety category 3 10.08.07 / ri/vk
3.10.2 Vibration 1 g, shock 15g
3.10.3 Interference strength class A
3.10.3 Nominal current
2.1.4
Module 5666100 new 05/20/08 7 ber/ ri
2.1.5
2.4.2.14
3.29

2.1.4
Module 56641 new (C Wide) 05/27/08 wol/ ri
2.1.5
2.4.2.3
3.24

Changes by CSC 05/30/08 / csc/ ri


Introducti
Art. No. updated
on
1.9 Ethernet/IP
1
Table updated
2.1.4
Run, Error
2.4.1.3
Rotary switch
2.4.1.4
Link/Run, CfgF
2.4.1.5
Art. 56612 DI8 entered twice
2.4.2.6
Table updated
2.4.2.14
Table updated
2.4.3
Why two HDB DN
2.5.10.2
Input bytes
3.2.3
ProfiNet node removed
!
Terminating resistors / locking
4.1
screws
Introduction

Module 56721 Cube67+ BN-P


2.0 04/17/09 /vk / ri
Modul 56752 IOL distribution box

2.1 Module 56450 Cube20 BN67 06/04/09 / vk / ri

2.2 Module 56 761 Cube67+ RS 02/05/10 7 ri/sturm

V 2.5 21
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

New modules:
56 711, 56 721, 56 731, 56 741,
56 749
Data format (according to the
onlinecatalog):
56700 15 Bit plus sign
56701 15 Bit plus sign
56710 11 Bit
2.3 56711 11 Bit 07.05.2010 / ri/sturm
56720 11 Bit
56721 11 Bit
56730 15 Bit
56731 15 Bit
56740 15 Bit plus sign
56741 15 Bit plus sign
56748 15 Bit plus sign
56749 15 Bit plus sign
Adaption to DE,
2.4 EMC Adaption and new 24.08.2010 sturm/ri
standards

Notes:

V 2.5 22
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Important Information

Symbols and Icons

This manual contains information and instructions you must comply with in order to maintain safety and
avoid personal injury or damage to property. They are identified as follows:

Notes indicate important information.

Warnings contain information that, if you ignore this information, may cause
damage to equipment or other assets or, if you fail to comply with safety
precautions, may constitute a danger to the user's health and life.

These instructions are recommendations issued by Murrelektronik.

Intended Purpose

Read this manual carefully before startup of the equipment. Keep it in a location that is accessible to all
users at all times.

The products that are described in this manual were developed, manufactured, tested, and documented
in compliance with the relevant safety standards. In normal cases, these products do not constitute any
danger to persons or objects, provided the handling specifications and safety instructions described in
this manual are observed.

They meet the requirements of the EMC directive (2004/108/EEC).

WARNING!

Devices from the IMPACT20 series are not safety devices conforming to the
relevant standards.

Do not use the OFF state of the outputs to implement safety-related requirements of
the system/machine.

V 2.5 23
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

The products are designed for industrial use. An industrial environment is defined as one in which loads
are not connected directly to the public low-voltage power grid. Additional measures must be taken if the
products are used in private, business, or trade environments.

The safe, troublefree functioning of the products requires proper transportation, storage, mounting, and
installation, and careful operation. Operation of the devices for their intended purposes is only guaranteed
when the enclosures are fully mounted. If aggressive media are used, check their material resistance
depending on the application.

Current safety and accident prevention laws valid for a specific application must be observed for the
configuration, installation, setup, maintenance, and testing of the devices. The power supply must
correspond to SELV or PELV standards. Power sources in accordance with EN 61558-2-6 (transformer)
or EN 60950-1 (switched-mode power supply) meet these requirements.

Only use cables that meet the requirements and regulations for safety, electromagnetic compatibility, and,
if necessary, telecommunications terminal equipment specifications.

Information on the cables and accessories that are suitable for use with this
product are contained in the Appendix to this manual.

Qualified Personnel

Only qualified, trained electricians knowledgeable in the safety standards of automation systems may
configure, install, set up, maintain, and test the devices. The requirements concerning qualified personnel
are dependent on the requirements profiles described in ZVEI and VDMA. For this reason, electricians
must know the contents of the manual "Weiterbildung in der Automatisierung" (Further Training in
Automation Systems) published by ZVEI and VDMA published by Maschinenbau-Verlag, Post Box
710864, 60498 Frankfurt, Germany) before installing and maintaining the devices. These are specialists
who are capable of assessing the work to be done and the possible dangers on account of their technical
training, knowledge, experience, and knowledge of the relevant standards; or who have an identical level
of knowledge equivalent to technical training since they have worked in the same area for many years.

Only Murrelektronik technical personnel are allowed to execute work on the hardware and software of our
devices, if they are devices not described in this manual.

ATTENTION:

Unqualified tampering with the hardware or software, or failure to observe the


warnings cited in this manual may result in severe personal injury or damage to
property.

V 2.5 24
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1. Installation

1.1 Assembly instructions

1.1.1 Base and mounting position

The modules of the Cube67 series can be attached directly to an installation panel or a machine. Two
mounting holes are provided for this purpose.

Before attaching the module, it must be assured that the mounting surface is smooth and flat to prevent
mechanical stress in the module housing.

There are no resctrictions regarding the module positioning.

When using a Cube20 BN67, our Cube20 connection, please observe the Cube20 assembly instructions.

Fig. 1: Mounting position

V 2.5 25
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.1.2 Number of components

1.1.2.1 Cube67

Max. 16 expansion modules per bus node are possible.

You can connect a maximum of 4 expansion modules to each of the 4 bus node connections.

The slots 0,1,2,3 are freely selectable.

1.1.2.2 Cube67+

Max. 20 expansion modules per bus node are possible. (10 per 2x segment)

The modules can be connected to the segments in any arrangement, however, not more than 10 modules
per segment.

The sockets 0,1,2,3 are used according to their order.

Attention! Unused sockets have to be fitted with a terminating resistor!

Fig. 2: Cube67+

V 2.5 26
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.1.2.3 Cube20

Up to 3 expansion modules can be connected to a Cube67 to Cube20 system expansion. The parts are
linked together by connecting the ribbon cable.

Fig. 3: Cube20

1.1.3 Spacing

We recommend observing the minimum spacing according to Tab. 1: to ensure correct installation of
Cube67 and Cube67+.

Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly

Minimum spacing A B

Connector straight 3 mm 3 mm
B
A

Connector 90 50 mm 50 mm

0 0
1 1

2 2
3 3

4 4
5 5

6 6
7 7

Fig. 4: Minimum spacings

V 2.5 27
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

For mounting Cube20 BN67

Fig. 5: Minimum spacings

1.1.4 Length of lines

1.1.4.1 Cube67

The maximum line length is 5 m. (Without MICO or other devices that switch off selectively)

The maximum line length is 10 m. (With circuit protection by MICO or other devices that switch off
selectively)

1.1.4.2 Cube67+

The maximum segment length is 30 m.

The lengths within the line are freely selectable, however, the sum per segment must not exceed 30 m.

1.1.4.3 Cube20

The extension of the Cube20 BN67 depends on the Cube67 or Cube67+ system.

V 2.5 28
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.1.5 Module dimensions

Art. No. Description Mouning Installation Mounting


height [mm] width [mm] depth1 [mm]

Bus node
56 501 Cube67 BN-P 151 50 51
56 502 Cube67 BN-DN 151 50 51
56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2 151 50 51
56 504 Cube67 BN-C 151 50 51
56 505 Cube67 BN-E 151 50 51
56 521 Cube67+ BN-P 151 62 40.5
56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid 151 50 51

Modules
56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 116.5 56 46.5
56 117 Cube20 DO16 116,5 56 46,5
For more Cube20 expansions please
refer to the Cube20 System Manual (Art.
No. 56030)!

56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 126 50 35


56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 126 50 35
56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 126 50 35
56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 126 50 35
56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 126 50 35
56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN 126 50 35
56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 126 30 35
56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 151 30 35
56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 126 30 35
56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 151 30 35
56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN 151 30 35
56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 126 30 35
56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 151 30 35
56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 126 30 35
56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 151 30 35
56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN 151 30 35
56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1 151 30 35
56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6 126 50 35
56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) 151 116 35
56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 151 30 35+
56 65003 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 151 30 35
56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve 151 30 35
56653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC (0.5A) 124 36 40
56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve 151 30 35

1
The mounting depth is without connected cables. Please consider also the bend radius of the cables.

V 2.5 29
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Art. No. Description Mouning Installation Mounting


height [mm] width [mm] depth1 [mm]
56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5 151 30 35
56 6002 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / with 2m 151 30 35
56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC 124 36 40
56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 151 30 35
5666100 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m 151 30 35
56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5 151 30 35
56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 151 30 35

Modules
56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A 151 30 35
56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box 130 94 81
56 691 Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail 113 54 45
56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35
56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) 151 30 35
56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35
56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35
56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35
56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD 126 30 35
56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH 126 30 35
56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 126 30 35
56 752 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35
56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 126 30 35
56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 151 30 35
56 765 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35
56 771 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 151 30 35
56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8" 151 30 35
56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP 151 30 35

Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions

For dimension drawings see chapter Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht gefunden
werden. Technical Data.

V 2.5 30
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.1.6 Mounting positions

Cube67 Bus Node bottom part Cube67+ bus node


Art. No.: 56 501, 56 502, 56 504, 56 505, Art. No.: 56 521
56 507, 56 531

A Mounting hole A Mounting hole


B Mounting hole and functional earth

Cube20 connection
Art. 56 450, 56 117
No.:

A DIN rail mounting

V 2.5 31
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

8xM12 Modules 4xM12 Modules


Art. 56 600, 56 601, 56 602, 56 603, Art. No.: 56 610, 56 611, 56 612, 56 613,
No.: 56 640, 56 605, 56 606, 56 752 56 616, 56 631, 56 700, 56 701, 56
56 765 710, 56 720, 56 730, 56 740,56 748,
56 750, 56 760, 56 761, 56 771

B B
B
C C

A
A

A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole under the label plate
B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth
C Additional mounting hole (optionally)

8xM8 Modules 16xM12 Modules


Art. No.: 56 620, 56 621, 56 622, Art. No.: 56 641
56 623, 56 626

B B

A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole


B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth

V 2.5 32
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Power distributor 4xM12 Valve, Cable


Art. No.: 56 955 Art. No.: 56 650, 56 65003, 56 651, 56 655,
56 656, 56 661, 56 662, 56 663;
5666100
B B B

In
US UA

Out

A
A
Diag

++49 (0) 71 91 47 -0

Cube67
DO16 E Valve
Art.-No. 56651

A Mounting hole A Mounting hole under the label plate


B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth

Terminal Block Box Terminal Block Rail


Art. No.: 56 681 Art. No.: 56 691

In Out

A A
++49(0)719147-0

Cube67
DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Art.-No. 56681

A
X0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

US 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

A OV 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
A

A Mounting hole 79x115 mm A DIN rail mounting

Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes

V 2.5 33
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools


Smooth and flat mounting 2 fixing screws with a Screwdriver,
surface. diameter of 4 mm middle-sized

The system is dead 2 lock washers DIN 433 Mounting diagram see Fig. 9:
(cut off). T1/T2

1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module

Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two
fixing holes. The tightening torque is 2 Nm.

Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67

V 2.5 34
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate

The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system
manual of the respective fieldbus system.

Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67

V 2.5 35
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories


The module has to be Screwdriver Fixing screw
disconnected.
Insulation tool Cable lug with eye connector

Crimping pliers Earthing cable (flexible wire)

2
The FE connection is under the cap of the bus node.

+ 0,2
EJOT 1,2 Nm
+1,8
10,7 - ib-in
3

FE connection

Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in


conformity with EMC specifications.

2
FE - Functional ground

V 2.5 36
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node

Set the fieldbus address and, depending on the fieldbus used, set the Baudrate
before mounting the cap. The rotary switch is no longer accessible when the cap is
mounted. We recommend labeling one of the label plates with the fieldbus address
used.

Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67

1 3 captive fixing screws 4 Address switch

2 Cap 5 Baud rate switch (only DeviceNet / CANopen)


3
3 FE connection (bottom view) 6 base module

3
FE - Functional ground

V 2.5 37
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Step by Step:

1. Connect the FE cable on the bottom of the cap.

2. Mount the cap onto the base module. Take care not to tilt the cap.

3. Three captive fixing screws are integrated into the cap. Tighten them down. The tightening torque for
these screws is 1.0 Nm.

1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67

IP67 protection is only guaranteed when the cap is screwed to the base module
and all sockets are wired up or provided with cables or blind plugs.

Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67

V 2.5 38
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools

Smooth and flat mounting 2 fixing screws with a diameter Screwdriver,


surface. of 4 mm middle-sized

The system is dead 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2


(cut off).

1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node

1. Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two fixing holes.
The tightening torque is 2 Nm.

2. The FE wire is connected to point 1. Please see the chapter "Connecting functional earth to the
Cube67+ bus node"!

Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+

V 2.5 39
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to be Screwdriver Fixing screw


disconnected.
Insulation tool Cable lug with eye connector

Crimping pliers Earthing cable (flexible wire)

Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in


conformity with EMC specifications.

V 2.5 40
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate

The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system
manual of the respective fieldbus system.

After the address is set, the lid has to be replaced and the screws must have to be tightened
with 0.3 Nm.

Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+

V 2.5 41
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+

IP67 protection is only guaranteed when all sockets are wired up, provided with
terminating resistors or with blind plugs.

Fig. 14: Mounting example

V 2.5 42
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools

Smooth and flat mounting 2 fixing screws with a diameter Screwdriver,


surface. of 4 mm middle-sized

Mind the max. number of 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2


modules! (depends on the
bus node)

The system is dead


(cut off).

1.4.1 Mounting the module

Some of the mounting holes are located under the label plates. In this case you have to remove the
corresponding label plates with the screwdriver.

How to remove a label plate

Place the screwdriver at an angle to the small opening at the label plate and lever the label out.

V 2.5 43
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.4.2 Connecting functional earth

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to be Screwdriver Fixing screw


disconnected.
Insulation tool Cable lug with eye connector

Crimping pliers Earthing cable (flexible wire)

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in


conformity with EMC specifications.

1. Attach the cable connected to functional earth at point B. Use a cable lug with eye connector to
ensure an appropriate connection between functional earth and the module. The connection to the
functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in conformity with EMC specifications.

+ 0,5
M4 2- Nm

Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth

For single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets the mounting hole for the
connection of functional earth is located under the label plate.

V 2.5 44
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets

The Cube67 DIO8/DI8 TB Box/Rail Art. No. 56 681/56 691 module does not feature a
connection for functional earth.

2. Attach the module to the two mounting points with the two 4 mm fixing screws
(tightening torque: 2 Nm).

Some modules have more than 2 mounting holes. Preferably use the mounting
holes A or B. The (optional) mounting holes C are located to match the mounting
holes of Murrelektronik passive distribution boxes. This facilitates replacing
passive distribution boxes by Cube67 modules. The mounting holes C can also be
used to increase the mechanical stability, especially in environments with
vibrations.

3. Reinsert the previously removed label plates into the corresponding recesses of the module by
applying slight pressure.

V 2.5 45
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

If the I/O modules are mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminum, additional
measures are required to ensure a low-impedance connection of point B to the
aluminum profile. A ground strap (Art. No.4000-71001-0410004) attached to point B
and a self-cutting sheet-metal screw in the aluminum profile enable a permanent
and low-impedance connection. Furthermore, make sure the aluminum profile has
a low-impedance connection to the FE.

Fixing screw
Washer
Ground strap

Self-cutting metal-sheet screw


Washer
Lock washer
Ground strap
Aluminum profile

Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium

V 2.5 46
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules
SNAP ON
WIRING
REMOVE TERMINALS

Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly

V 2.5 47
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6 Connections

1.6.1 Bus node

1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501)

Bus

In Out

ADR ADR
x10 x1

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67 BN-P
Art.-No. 56501
Power

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67 BN-P
Art.-No. 56501

un
sR

F
g
Bu

Cf

US UA 0 US UA US UA 0 US UA

1 1

US UA 2 US UA
US UA 2 US UA

3 3

Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P

Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address


Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection)
Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection)
Power supply connection
Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error)
Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status)
Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3

V 2.5 48
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521)

Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P

1 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection)


2 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection)
3 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address
4 Power supply connection
5 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error)
6 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status)
7 Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3

V 2.5 49
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502)

Bus

In Out

NA 901 901 NA
23
78
23
78

x10 456 456


x1
901
DR
23
78

456

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67 BN-DN
Art.-No. 56502

Power

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67 BN-DN
Art.-No. 56502

S
NS
M

US UA 0 US UA US UA 0 US UA

_
1 1

US UA 2 US UA US UA 2 US UA

3 3

Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN

1 Address switch for setting the DeviceNet device address


2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate
3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection)
4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection)
5 Power supply connection
6 NS LED (indicator network status)
7 MS LED (indicator modules status)
8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

V 2.5 50
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504)

Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C

1 Address switch for setting the CANopendevice address


2 Rotary switch for setting the CANopen Baud rate
3 Bus In (incoming CANopen bus connection)
4 Bus Out (outgoing CANopen bus connection)
5 Power supply connection
6 Error LED (indicator network status)
7 Run LED (indicator modules status)
8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

V 2.5 51
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505)

NS MS

Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E

1 Address switch for setting the Ethernet device address


2 Bus (Ethernet bus connection 4-pole, D-coded)
3 Power supply connection
4 NS LED (indicator network status)
5 MS LED (indicator modules status)
6 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

V 2.5 52
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)

Bus

In Out

9 01 9 01
NA NA
2 3
23
78

78

x10 456 456 x1


9 01
DR
2 3
78

456

Cube67 BN-DN
Art.-No. 56507

Power

Cube67 BN-DN
Art.-No. 56507

MS

NS
U U 0 U U U U 0 U U

1 1

U U 2 U U U U 2 U U

3 3

Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN

1 Address switch for adjusting the DeviceNet device address


2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate
3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection)
4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection)
5 Power supply connection
6 NS LED (indicator network status)
7 MS LED (indicator module status)
8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

V 2.5 53
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531)

Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid

0, 2
1 +24V U NS
2 +24V U NS
1a 1b 1a 1b 3 0V
4 bus internal
1 2 5 bus internal
6 0V
1
2 3
4 1
2 3
4
5 3
6
4
1, 3

1a Profibus A 1 +24V U
1b Profibus B 2 +24V U NS
3 0V
Contact 1 24V UNS
4 bus internal
24V US 5 bus internal
Contact 2,3 6 0V

V 2.5 54
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address


2 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection)
3 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection)
4 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error)
5 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status)
6 Connection internal system connection and actuator supply line 0 and 2
7 Conenction actuator supply line 1 and 3

V 2.5 55
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+

1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12

Art. No. Description


56 600 DIO16 C 8xM12
56 640 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A
56 601 DIO16 E 8xM12
56 60150 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
0 56 60151 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
1

2
56 603 DI16 E 8xM12
56 60350 DI16 E 8xM12 VA
3

4
5

6
7

Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DI16 E


Connection for the internal system connection of Cube67 DIO16 C
2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DI16 E
Connection external actuator supply of Cube67 DIO16 C
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
5 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)

V 2.5 56
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640)

The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,
3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to
use outputs on these channels.

Configuration Contact No. Signification

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
Plug

6 Ground

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
Socket

6 Ground

Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply

V 2.5 57
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Art. No. Description


56 752 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12
56 765 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
5 M12 connection for sensors / actuators and I/O link (internal actuator supply)

V 2.5 58
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A)

Art. No. Description

56 641 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12


(1.6/2A)

Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641

1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply


2 7/8" connection for extending the external actuator supply
3 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DIO E
4 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DIO E
5 Label plate
6 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
7 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)

V 2.5 59
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602)

0
1

2
3

4
5

6
7

Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for sensors (even-numbered sockets)
4 M12 connection for sensors (uneven-numbered sockets)

V 2.5 60
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3


(Art. No. 56 605)

In
U

Out

In
A1 A2

U U P

Out

0 1 0 0 1

0 1 2 0 1

0 1 4 0 1

Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56605

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Connection 2 x actuator supply galvanically separated (incoming)
4 Connection 2 x actuator supply (outgoing)
5 Connection 12x actuators

V 2.5 61
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12

Art. No. Description


56 610 DIO8 C 4xM12
56 612 DI8 C 4xM12

Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for sensors/actuators

1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12

Art. No. Description


56 611 DIO8 E 4xM12
56 61150 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA
56 613 DI8 E 4xM12
56 616 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN
56 631 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A

Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
Label plate
M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)

V 2.5 62
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620)

0 1

2 3

4 5

6 7

Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620

1 Connection for the internal system connection


Label plate
M8 connection for sensors/actuators

V 2.5 63
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621)


and Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150)

Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
Label plate
M8 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)

V 2.5 64
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622)

0 1

2 3

4 5

6 7

Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622

1 Connection for the internal system connection


Label plate
M8 connection for sensors

V 2.5 65
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623)

Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M8 connection for sensors

V 2.5 66
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650)

Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 Art. No. 56650

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection 4 x actuator supply
3 Label plate
4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster

DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel


1 Out 1 0.0
2 Out 2 0.1
UA1

3 Out 3 0.2
4 Out 4 0.3
5 Out 5 0.4
6 Out 6 0.5
UA2

7 Out 7 0.6
8 Out 8 0.7
9 Out 9 1.0
10 Out 10 1.1
UA3

11 Out 11 1.2
12 Out 12 1.3
13 Out 13 1.4
14 Out 14 1.5
UA4

15 Out 15 1.6
16 Out 16 1.7
24 GND
25 GND

Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control

V 2.5 67
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650)

The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the
external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.

Configur Contact Signification


ation No.
1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC

2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC

3 Ground
Plug

4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC

5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies

V 2.5 68
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.15 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 (Art. No.


56 65003)

Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 65003

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection 4 x actuator supply
3 Label plate
4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster

DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel


UA1

1 Out 1 0.0
2 Out 2 0.1
3 Out 5 0.4
4 Out 6 0.5
UA2

5 Out 9 1.0
6 Out 10 1.1
7 Out 13 1.4
8 Out 14 1.5
9 GND

Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control

V 2.5 69
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.16 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 65003)

The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the
external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.

Configur Contact Signification


ation No.
1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC

2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC

3 Ground
Plug

4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC

5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies

V 2.5 70
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.17 Overview of connections Cube67 DO8 DO32 E Valve,

Art. No. Description


56 651 DO16 E Valve
56 655 DO8 E Valve
56 656 DO32 E Valve 0.5A
56 600 2 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m
56 661 DIO8 E Cable
56 661 00 DIO8 E Cable 2m
56 662 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A
56671 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A

Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 Customized prewired cable

V 2.5 71
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.18 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A


(Art. No. 56 663)

Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A Art. No. 56663

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 M16 socket
4 Label plate

Configuration Contact Signification


P I/O 0
J I/O 1
T I/O 2
S I/O 3
G I/O 4
M16 socket

R I/O 5
E I/O 6
O I/O 7
M 24V
A 24V
L Gnd
U Gnd

Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket

V 2.5 72
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681)

X3

Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Terminal block

X0 Transparent - connection for sensors


X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators
X2 Brown - sensor supply
X3 Blue - ground

V 2.5 73
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.20 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100

In Out

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67
DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Art.-No. 56681

X0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
X2

X3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X4 00 00 01 01 02 02 03 03

Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Terminal block

X0 Transparent - connection for sensors


X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators
X2 Brown - sensor supply
X3 Blue - ground
X4 Gray - potential-free jumper plug

V 2.5 74
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.21 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691)

In Out

Cube67
DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail
Art.-No. 56691
UA US

X0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

X3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Terminal block

X0 Transparent - connection for sensors


X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators
X2 Brown - sensor supply
X3 Blue - ground

V 2.5 75
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 700

Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (voltage input)

V 2.5 76
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

AI4 E 4xM12 (U), Art.-No. 56 701

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA, Art.-No. 56 70150

Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)

V 2.5 77
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 710

Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply

V 2.5 78
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 711

Fig. 51: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply

V 2.5 79
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050)

Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply

V 2.5 80
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I), Art. No. 56 721

Fig. 53: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply

V 2.5 81
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

AI4 C 4xM12 (I), Art.-No. 56 730

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA, Art.-No. 56 73050

Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)

V 2.5 82
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731

Fig. 55: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
Label plate
M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)

V 2.5 83
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD, Art.-No. 56 740

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA, Art.-No. 56 74050

Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors

V 2.5 84
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741)

Fig. 57: Anschlussbersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors

V 2.5 85
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH

AI4 C 4xM12 TH, Art.-No. 56 748

AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA, Art.-No. 56 74850

Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH

1 Connection for the internal system connection


2 Label plate
3 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.

V 2.5 86
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749

Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.

V 2.5 87
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.34 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750)

Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for counter 0
5 M12 connection for counter 1

V 2.5 88
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12

DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12, Art.No. 56 760

Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
5 RS485

V 2.5 89
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.36 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761)

Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761

A Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)

B Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)

C M12 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)

D M12 connection for RS232

E M12 connection for RS485

V 2.5 90
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.37 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12, Art. No. 56 771

Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)


2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
3 Label plate
4 M12 connection for sensors
5 M12 connection for actuators

V 2.5 91
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.2.38 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955

Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955

1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply


2 Label plate
3 6-pole M12 connection for external actuator supply

V 2.5 92
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals

1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8

Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450

For more Cube20 modules and expansion modules see the Cube20 system manual (Art.
No. 56030) or our catalog / online shop at:

onlineshop.murrelektronik.com

V 2.5 93
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules

Customer-specific modules are modules that are based on a standard module and are designed for
customer-specific solutions (e.g. different plugs, cable length).

Art.Nr. Description
56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA
56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA
56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA
56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA
56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA
56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA
56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA
56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA
56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA
56748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA
56 651 00 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV
56 600 1 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1,4m
56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V
56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22
56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10
56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B
56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC
56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27
56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C
56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA
56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA
56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK
56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV
56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9)
56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10
56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA
56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03
56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10
56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC
56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA
56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04
56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27
56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC
56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta
56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta
56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID
56 600 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1,2m

Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules

V 2.5 94
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7 Wiring

We recommend to proceed as follows when wiring the Cube67 system.

Connect:

1. the functional earth of the module to the protective earth. See chapter 2.2. This step should be done
already during assembly. See chapter 0 and 0.

2. the peripheral connections of the I/O modules. See chapter 0 to 1.7.5.

3. the power distributor. See chapter0.

4. the internal system connection. See chapter 1.7.7.

5. the cap of the bus node. See chapter 1.7.10.

When screwing on the connections, you must apply the recommended torque. If
cables are not screwed tightly (fieldbus, internal system connection, I/O
connections), they will often cause failures.

We recommend using the Murrelektronik torque wrench (see accessories) to


ensure correct assembly and the right torque.

ATTENTION:

Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage
to man and/or material.

When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is


basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.
Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are
clearly labelled.

V 2.5 95
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to When using field-wireable Pre-wired connectors. See


be disconnected. connectors an insulation tool appendix for article numbers
and a suitable screwdriver are or
required.
Field-wireable connectors (3, 4, 5
Torque wrench for 0.6 Nm wires, with cable diameter
2
0.75 mm ) with M12 round
plug.

M12 blind caps for unused M12


sockets.

Tab. 7: Initial conditions

Outline
Pin Configuration
Socket (on module) Plug (on cable)
1 24 V sensor supply
1 2 2 1
2 I/O signal
3 Ground (GND) 5
5
4 I/O signal 4 3 4
5 Functional ground

Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs

Connecting M12 plugs

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

V 2.5 96
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Connecting Y-connectors

The digital modules provide for two channels per M12 socket. By means of a y-connector they can be
equipped with one sensor/actuator each.

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67


protection is not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)

Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!

V 2.5 97
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has When using field-wireable Pre-wired connectors. See appendix for
to be connectors an insulation article numbers
disconnected. tool and a suitable or
screwdriver are required.
Field-wireable connectors (3 wires, with
2
cable diameter 0.75 mm ) with M8
round plug.

M8 blind caps for unused M8 sockets.

Tab. 9: Initial conditions

Outline
Pin Configuration
Socket (on module) Plug (on cable)
1 24 V sensor supply 3 4 1 4
3 Ground (GND)
4 I/O signal 1 3

Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs

Connecting M8 plugs
1. Insert the M8 plug into the corresponding M8 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is
not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)
Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!

V 2.5 98
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 99
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.3 M16 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has When using field-wireable Pre-wired shielded connectors. See
to be connectors an insulation appendix for article numbers.
disconnected. tool and a suitable
screwdriver are required.

Tab. 11: Initial conditions

Outline
Pin Configuration
Socket (on module) Plug (on cable)
P I/O 0
J I/O 1
T I/O 2
S I/O 3
G I/O 4 G R P E E P R G
R I/O 5 S
O S
J C
T C J
E I/O 6 U M
N
N
L A U
O I/O 7 A
O L

M 24V T
M
A 24V
L Gnd
U Gnd

Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug

Connecting M16 plugs

1. Insert the M16 plug into the corresponding M16 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

V 2.5 100
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has When using field-wireable Pre-wired shielded connectors. See
to be connectors an insulation appendix for article numbers.
disconnected. tool and a suitable
KTY (56 945, 56 946)
screwdriver are required.
or
Torque wrench with 0.6
Nm (see accessories). Field-wireable shielded connectors (3 or
4 wires, with cable diameter
2
0.75 mm ) and M12 round plugs with
shielding.

M12 blind caps for unused


M12 sockets.

Tab. 13: Initial conditions

Shield connection analog input signal

The shield is connected to the metal thread (not with TH module Art. No. 56 748) of the M12 socket.
Therefore, we recommend using only M12 connectors with metal thread. Connect the shield to the metal
housing in the connector. Pre-wired connectors are already equipped accordingly. See chapter 3.1
General accessories for article nos. of shielded M12 connectors for field wiring.

Outline
Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Socket Plug (on
Pin
(Analog IN) (Analog OUT) (Analog IN RTD) (TH) (on cable)
module)
24 V sensor 24 V sensor Power source
1 KTY +
supply supply (red) 1 2 2 1
2 Analog input + not used Input 3/4 wire Input TH+
5
3 Ground (GND) Ground (GND) Ground (GND) KTY- 5
3
4 Analog input - Analog output Input 4 wire Input TH- 4 3 4

5 not used not used not used not used

Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os

V 2.5 101
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Connecting M12 plugs

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is
not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)

Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!

1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection

1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691)

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has Insulation tool, crimping Field-wireable connectors or cable


2
to be tool and screwdriver small (cable diameter 1.5 mm ), suitable
disconnected. / mid-sized appropriate for cable glands (see accessories)
the spring clamp terminal

Tab. 15: Initial conditions

V 2.5 102
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Terminal assignments

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 X0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
X1

X2

X3

Fig. 66: Terminal assignments

X0 luminous terminal (channel 00 07)


X1 luminous terminal (channel 00 07)
X2 Sensor supply voltage (output)
X3 Ground

Connecting spring clamp terminals

1. Lead the cable through the opening of the housing and the cable gland

2. Strip the cables (approx. 5 mm) and crip wire end ferrules

3. Lead the cables into the terminals with a screwdriver.

V 2.5 103
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has An adequate screwdriver None, the valve control is supplied with
to be is useful. customized and pre-wired cable end.
disconnected.

Tab. 16: Initial conditions

Chan GN Sen
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
nel D s

yellow/brown
brown/green

white/yellow
white/green

gray/brown
white/gray
Color gray/pink

red/blue
yellow
brown

green
white

violet
black
gray

blue
pink

red

Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has An adequate screwdriver None, the valve control is supplied with
to be is useful. customized and pre-wired cable end.
disconnected.

Tab. 18: Initial conditions

Chann
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND Sens
el

Color
yellow
brown

green
white

violet
black
gray

blue
pink

red

Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

V 2.5 104
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to An adequate None, the valve control is supplied with
be disconnected. screwdriver is useful. customized and pre-wired cable end.

Tab. 20: Initial conditions

Channel Color
0 white
1 brown
2 green
3 yellow
4 gray
5 pink
6 blue
7 red
8 violet
9 gray/pink
10 red/blue
11 white/green
12 brown/green
13 white/yellow
14 yellow/brown
15 white/gray
16 white/pink
17 pink/brown
18 white/blue
19 brown/blue
20 white/red
21 brown/red
22 white/black
23 brown/black
24 yellow/gray
25 pink/green
26 yellow/pink
27 green/blue
28 yellow/blue
29 green/red
30 yellow/red
31 green/black
GND black
GND gray/green
GND gray/brown
Sens yellow/black

Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

V 2.5 105
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656

The Sense cable is connected to a second GND pin of the valve cluster. Refer to the documentation of
your valve cluster to find out the pin assignment of the plug.

If the valve cluster is equipped with one GND pin only, the Sense cable has to be bridge with the GND
cable on the module.

1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has An adequate screwdriver None, the valve control is supplied with
to be is useful. customized and pre-wired cable end.
disconnected.

Tab. 22: Initial conditions

Channel Color
0 white
1 brown
2 green
3 yellow
4 gray
5 pink
6 blue
7 red
8 black
9 violet
10 gray/pink
11 red/blue
12 white/green
13 brown/green
14 white/yellow
15 yellow/brown
GND white/gray
GND gray/brown
GND white/pink
24V sensor/0.5A pink/brown

Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

V 2.5 106
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8 Art. No. 56 955

Initial conditions Required tools

The module has to be disconnected. Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special tool in
case no pre-wired cables are used.

Tab. 24: Initial conditions

Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug

1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the power distributor. Make
sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

Pin 1 0V POWER

Pin 2 0V 2 1

Pin 3 FE 3

Pin 4 unassigned 4 5
Pin 5 Actuator supply

Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector

Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)

The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm. It is limited to this max. diameter by the
7/8" plug.

V 2.5 107
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.7 Internal system connection

The internal system connection has 2 functions:

Power supply of the Cube67 I/O modules.

Communication between bus node and I/O modules.

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to be M12 mounting key (art. no. Pre-wired connectors. See
disconnected. 996062) appendix for article numbers.

Tab. 25: Initial conditions

Connecting the internal system connection

1. Insert the plug of the internal system connection into the corresponding socket of the I/O module or
the bus node. Make sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage
to man and/or material.

When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is


basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.
Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are
clearly labelled.

V 2.5 108
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations

4
Compact modules have an integrated terminal resistance already integraged. If the last module of a line
is a compact module, no additional terminating resistor is required.

If the last module of a line is an expansion module, use always a terminating resistor for this module.

A terminal resistance must be installed on each line of the internal system


connection.

If no Cube67 I/O module is connected to an interface of the internal system connection of the bus node,
this interface is not fitted with a terminating resistor but with a blind plug.

Art. No. Description


56 950 Cube67 BT (terminating resistor for the internal system connection)
56 951 Blind plug M12 x 1 Cube67 BP (Quantity: 4 pcs.)

Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug

4
A compact module has no extension interface for the internal system connection. See also Cube67 system manual.

V 2.5 109
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640)

The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,
3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to
use outputs on one of these channels.

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to If the external actuator supply is not taken None.
be disconnected. from the bus node or power distributor, an
insulation tool and a screw driver are
required.

Tab. 27: Initial conditions

Configura
Contact No. Signification
tion

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
Plug

6 GND

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
Socket

6 GND

Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply

V 2.5 110
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

1.7.10 Cap of the bus node

1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

The module has to Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special None.


be disconnected. tool in case no pre-wired connectors are
used.

Tab. 28: Initial conditions

Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug

1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the bus node. Make sure that
tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

Pin 1 0V POWER

Pin 2 0V 2 1

Pin 3 FE 3

Pin 4 Sensor Supply5 4 5


Pin 5 Actuator supply

Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style)

Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)

5
With the Cube67 BN-P bus node, the sensor supply supplies also the bus node electronics.

V 2.5 111
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm. It is limited to this max. diameter by the
7/8" plug.

The auxiliary power is required to power the actuators and sensors. The electronics of the Cube67
module are supplied via the sensor supply.

ATTENTION:

The 7/8 connector is designed to carry a maximum current of 9 A per pin.

ATTENTION:

The module may be damaged if the actuator power supply polarity is reversed.

1.7.10.2 Bus connection

For more information on bus connection see the Cube67 Bus System Manual. The following table shows
the article numbers of these manuals.

Fieldbus system Art. No.


PROFIBUS DP Cube67 56 980
PROFIBUS DP Cube67+ 56 521
DeviceNet (bus node 56502) 56 981
CANopen 56 982
Ethernet / IP 56 983
DeviceNet (bus node 56507) 56 984
Profinet 56 985

Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals

The DeviceNetV2 bus node (art. no. 56507) features simplified diagnostic
indication of the I/O data compared to the DeviceNet bus node (art. no. 56502).

V 2.5 112
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2. Technical Data

2.1 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501

2.1.1 Dimension drawing

50
35
125

151
20,5

50 22

Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501

V 2.5 113
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.1.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 450 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm
Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm

Connections
Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole
PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.1.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501


Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption approx. 80 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current 4 A per slot

V 2.5 114
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501


Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV (DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input)
asym. 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 40 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class A
strength QP 47 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz)
class A
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

PROFIBUS
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 /
Supported Baud rates
12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158
Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported
ID number 064D hex
PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

V 2.5 115
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521

2.2.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521

V 2.5 116
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.2.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C 85C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 5 70 Hz; const. amplitude 0.75 mm
2-6 70 500 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 350 g
Torques
M12 round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm
7/8'' round plug connector 1.5 0.2 Nm
M4 fixing screw 2 0.5 Nm

Connections
Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole
PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.2.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521


Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 120 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current 4 A per slot

V 2.5 117
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521


Max. total current 8A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 8A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV (DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input)
asym. 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 40 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class A
strength QP 47 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz)
class A
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

PROFIBUS
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 /
Supported Baud rates
12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158
Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported
ID number 08BF hex
PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

V 2.5 118
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.3 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN Art. No. 56 507

2.3.1 Dimension drawing

50
35
125

151
20,5

50 22

Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN

V 2.5 119
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.3.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502 ,


Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 450 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm
Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm
Connections
Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole
DeviceNet M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.3.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,


Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption approx. 70 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

V 2.5 120
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,


Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV (DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input)
asym. 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m
DeviceNet
Supported Baud rates 125 / 250 / 500 kBits/sec
Protocol DeviceNet acc. to ODVA specification
Operating modes Poll / Change of State / Cycle
Vendor-ID 640Dez
DeviceNet address 0 - 63 adjustable with rotary switch
max. No. of output bytes 70
max. No. of input bytes 56 502 200 (incl. diagnostic in utility data)
max. No. of input bytes 56 507 170
max. size Explicite Message Service 200

V 2.5 121
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.4 Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504

2.4.1 Dimension drawing

50
35
125

151
20,5

50 22

Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504

V 2.5 122
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.4.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 450 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm
Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm
Connections
Power supply line 7/8" connector 5-pole
CAN Open M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.4.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504


Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption approx. 70 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)

V 2.5 123
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504


Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

CAN, CAN Open


Supported Baud rates Auto/ 10/ 20/ 50/ 100/ 125 / 250 / 500/ 800/ 1000 kBits/sec
Protocol CAN Open DS301 CIA Spezification
Operating modes Synchronous Cyclic or Acyclic / Asynchronous
Vendor-ID 79 Dec / 4F Hex
CAN Open address 1 - 99 adjustable with rotary switch

V 2.5 124
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.5 Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505

2.5.1 Dimension drawing

50
35
125

151
20,5

50 22

Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505

V 2.5 125
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.5.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 450 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm
Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm

Connections
Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole
Ethernet/IP M12 connector (D coded) 5-pole
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.5.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505


Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption approx. 70 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

V 2.5 126
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

Ethernet / IP
Protocol Ethernet / IP acc. to ODVA Specification
Vendor-ID 640Dec
Ethernet / IP address see Manual 56 983 Chap. 6.2.1

V 2.5 127
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531

2.6.1 Dimension drawing

25 34,5

In

Out
125 0,5

151

Cube67 BN-P
Art.-No. 56351

un
sR F CE
Bu Cfg

UNS US UNS US
0

U
UNS S
2 UNS U
S

50 22
20,5

59

Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531

V 2.5 128
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.6.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
7/8" O-Ring NBR, black
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 450 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm
Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm
Connections
Power supply Line HANBrid system connectors
PROFIBUS HANBrid system connectors
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.6.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531


Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption approx. 80 mA
Sensor Supply6
Max. current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

6
+24V DC module supply, sensor supply and actuator supply of the even-numbered slots (UN-NS)

V 2.5 129
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors No
- Actuators No
7
Actuator supply
Nominal current 4 A per slot
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
requirements and tests 10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
QP 40 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class A
strength QP 47 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz)
class A
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m
PROFIBUS
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 /
Supported Baud rates
12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158
Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported
ID number 064D hex
PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

7
+24V DC actuator supply of odd-numbered slots (U-S for emergency circuit) reference potential 0V

V 2.5 130
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450

2.7.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450

V 2.5 131
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.7.2 Mechanical Data

[Terminal X2] 4 inputs or 4 outputs

[Terminal X3] 4 inputs or 4 outputs

V 2.5 132
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.7.3 Electrical data

System connection Cube67:


Transfer protocol Internal system
Addressing Automatic

System connection Cube20:


Transfer protocol Internal system
Addressing Automatic

Power supply:
Operating voltage range logic US over M12 18 ... 30.2V DC
Current consumption (only US) 100mA
Sensor supply UI 18 ... 30.2V DC
Actuator supply UA 18 ... 30.2V DC
Reverse voltage protection module electronics Yes
Reverse voltage protection sensor supply Yes
Reverse voltage protection actuator supply Yes
Overvoltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)

Inputs:
Delay time for signal change max. 7ms
Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 3
Galvanic separation 500V

Outputs:
Actuator current load Max. 0.5A per actuator
Cycle frequency Max. 50Hz
Cycle frequency with 1 to 3 extension modules Max. 40Hz
Lamp load Max. 10W
Automatic restart after short circuit Yes
Derating at 55C operating temperature 25 %

Sensor power supply:


Max. current 0.7A
Short circuit protection for sensors with automatic Yes
restart
Reverse polarity protection Yes

V 2.5 133
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600

2.8.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600

V 2.5 134
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.8.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO C 16 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.8.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. Number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 135
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4 A per supply
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 10 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 136
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12

DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601

DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150

DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151

2.9.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22
73
75
126

50

Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12

V 2.5 137
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.9.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,


Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150,
Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel (56 X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
60150,56 60151)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.9.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,


Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150,
Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket) 100 mA Automatic restart

V 2.5 138
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,


Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150,
Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Art. No. 56 60151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit!
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 10 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 139
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602

2.10.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602

V 2.5 140
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.10.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.10.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602


Max. number of inputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 141
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 142
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603

2.11.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603

V 2.5 143
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.11.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 503


Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60350
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
(only 56 60350)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 NmV

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 144
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.11.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 503


Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60350
Max. number of inputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 145
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605

2.12.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605

V 2.5 146
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.12.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 70C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 1g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 6 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
External actuator supply 2 x M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 147
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.12.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605


Number of outputs 12
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption 50 mA

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 1.6A per channel, 3.2 per female socket
Over voltage protection Yes
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 40 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class A
EN 61000-6-4 interference strength
QP 47 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz)
class A
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 148
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606

2.13.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606

V 2.5 149
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.13.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 150
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.13.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606


Max. number of inputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN - switching
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 151
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610

2.14.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610

V 2.5 152
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.14.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 125 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.14.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610


Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 153
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 7 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 154
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611

DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150

2.15.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

V 2.5 155
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.15.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,


Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
(only 56 61150)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 145 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.15.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,


Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

V 2.5 156
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,


Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 157
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612

2.16.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612

V 2.5 158
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.16.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 125 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 159
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.16.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 160
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613

2.17.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613

V 2.5 161
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.17.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 145 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 162
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.17.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 163
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616

2.18.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616

V 2.5 164
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.18.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 145 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 165
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.18.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 NPN - switching
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 166
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620

2.19.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
30 22

75

126

Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620

V 2.5 167
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.19.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 155 g
Torques
M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

2.19.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620


Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M8 socket) 100 mA Automatic restart

V 2.5 168
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620


> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 169
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8

DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621

DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 62150

2.20.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
30 22
75

151

Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8

V 2.5 170
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.20.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,


Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 62150
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
(only 56 61150)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 165 g
Torques
M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

2.20.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,


Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150
Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M8 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

V 2.5 171
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,


Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 172
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622

2.21.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
30 22

75

126

Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622

V 2.5 173
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.21.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 155 g
Torques
M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

V 2.5 174
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.21.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M8 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 175
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623

2.22.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
30
22

75

151

Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623

V 2.5 176
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.22.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 165 g
Torques
M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

V 2.5 177
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.22.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M8 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 178
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626

2.23.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
30
22

75

151

Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626

V 2.5 179
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.23.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 165 g
Torques
M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

V 2.5 180
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.23.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626


Max. number of inputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M8 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN switching
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 5 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 181
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631

2.24.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631

V 2.5 182
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.24.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 145 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.24.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631


Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection

V 2.5 183
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 1 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 184
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640

2.25.1 Dimension drawing

39 34,5
33 22

73
75
126

50

Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640

V 2.5 185
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.25.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.25.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection

V 2.5 186
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 1.6 A per channel
Max. total current 4 A per supply
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 187
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641

2.26.1 Dimension drawing


5,5 0,5
75 0,5
151 0,5

25 0,5 23,5 0,5


90 0,5
35 0,5
115 0,5

Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641

V 2.5 188
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.26.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 641


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C..85C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PC (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 5g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 600 g
Mounting Screws

Connections
System connection ICAN 6-Pole M12
I/O connections Max. 1.5 mm

Dimensions
Dimensions 151 x 115 x 35

2.26.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 641


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 32
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 100 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket left
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket 100 mA load Automatic restart
left) > 100 mA load Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 189
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 641


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 1.6 A channel 00-17 / 2 channel 20-37
Max. total current 4x 8A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Max. lamp load 30W channel 00-17 / 40W channel 20-37
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics EN 61131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 10 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor / suppressor diode)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 190
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3

DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 650

DO16 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art.-No. 56 65003

2.27.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5

75

151

30

Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3

V 2.5 191
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.27.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 650


Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 65003
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 70C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 10 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
External actuator supply M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

V 2.5 192
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.27.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 650


Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 65003
Number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption 50 mA

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Over voltage protection Yes
Cable length 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 193
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve

DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651 DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65100;
DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 65101 DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 65110;
DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65111 DO16 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65112;
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65150 DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65151

2.28.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5

75

151

30

Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve

V 2.5 194
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.28.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve Art. No. 56 651,


DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65100,
DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 65101,
DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 65110,
DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65111,
DO16 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65112,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65150,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65151
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel (56 X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
60150,56 60151)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.28.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve Art. No. 56 651,


DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65100,
DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 65101,
DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 65110,
DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65111,
DO16 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65112,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65150,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65151
Number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

V 2.5 195
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve Art. No. 56 651,


DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65100,
DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 65101,
DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 65110,
DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 65111,
DO16 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65112,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65150,
DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 65151
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 60 mA per channel
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)
Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms
Line break Detection via sense cable
Art. No. 56 65151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit!
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
requirements and tests EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50
30 A/m
Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 196
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve

DO8 E Valve Art.-No. 56 655 DO8 E Valve CPV Art.-No. 56 65500,


DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art.-No. 56 65501

2.29.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

75

151

30

Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve

V 2.5 197
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.29.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve Art. No. 56 655 ,


DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500,
DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

V 2.5 198
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.29.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve Art. No. 56 655 ,


DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500,
DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501
Number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 60 mA per channel
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)
Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms
Line break Detection via sense cable

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 199
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.30 Cube67 (DO24 - DO32) E Valve

DO32 E 0,5 A Valve Art.-No. 56 656, DO24 E Valve VM10 Art.-No. 56 65600,
DO24 E Valve MPA Art.-No. 56 65601, DO32 E Valve HF03 Art.-No. 56 65602,
DO32 E Valve VM10 Art.-No. 56 65603, DO23 E Valve SMC Art.-No. 56 65604,
DO22 E Valve CPA Art.-No. 56 65605, DO24 E Valve HF04 Art.-No. 56 65606,
DO24 E Valve SMC M27 Art.-No. 56 65607

2.30.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5

75

151

30

Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve

V 2.5 200
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.30.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Art. No.


56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603,
56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

V 2.5 201
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.30.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Art. No.


56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603,
56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607
Number of outputs 32
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 70 mA

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)
Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.14 mm
Signal delay 2 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms
Line break Detection via sense cable

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 202
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable

DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 661

DIO8 E Cable 2m 5666100

DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 56 66500

2.31.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5

75

151

30

Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable

V 2.5 203
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.31.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 661,


DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 66500
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.31.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 661,


DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 66500
Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. total current 1.6 A
Overload / short circuit fuse Yes, automatic restart
Tripping time <1.5 s and 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 204
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 661,


DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 66500
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 60 mA per channel
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)
Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

The sensors (Art. No. 56 661) are supplied via the actuator supply.

V 2.5 205
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662

2.32.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

75

151

30

Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable

V 2.5 206
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.32.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 220 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.32.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 0.5 A
Overload / short circuit fuse 0.3 A Automatic restart
Multifuse
> 0.3 A Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 207
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 208
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663

2.33.1 Dimension drawing

34,5
22

75
151

30

Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663

V 2.5 209
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.33.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 10 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 160 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.33.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663


Max. number of inputs 8
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes

V 2.5 210
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663


- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode)
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 211
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

DIO8/DI8 E TB Box, Art. No. 56 681

DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK, Art. No. 56 68100

2.34.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

V 2.5 212
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.34.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681,


DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 70C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Basic housing Polystyrene, flame retardant, impact-proof UL 94
Cap Polycarbonate, transparent

Colored spring clamp terminal polyamide (not flame retardant)


Transparent spring clamp polyamide (not flame retardant)
terminal
Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP66 (only in screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 5g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 280 g
Torques
Screw connection of cap 1 0.2 Nm
Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections Spring clamp terminal

When selecting the installation site you have to evaluate the protection class, the
climatical conditions, and possible chemical influences. The following table shows
the chemical resistance of the housing components.

V 2.5 213
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

vegetable fats
strong alkali
strong acid

weak alkali

animal fats
mineral oil
Agressive

weak acid

ammonia
benzine
alcohol

benzol

Diesel
media


Basic housing

Cap

Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media

not resistant conditionally resistant resistant

2.34.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681,


DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100
Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multi fuse (for each channel)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load

V 2.5 214
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681,


DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class A
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz)
class A
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 215
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691

2.35.1 Dimension drawing

46
54
29
117

Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691

V 2.5 216
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.35.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 70C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Base plate AlMg
Housing AIMg black anodized
Contact carrier M12 PLC (UL94 V0), black
Contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated
Colored spring clamp terminal Polyamide (not flame retardant)
Transparent spring clamp Polyamide (not flame retardant)
terminal
Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP20 (only in screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 5g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 152 g
Torques
0.2
Screw connection of cap 1 Nm
Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections Spring clamp terminal

2.35.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 8
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multi fuse (for each channel)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 217
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 4 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
inductive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 218
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700

2.36.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700

V 2.5 219
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.36.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) - Art. No. 56 700


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.36.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700


Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 220
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Analog input No

Inputs
Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels
PIN 2 positive differential voltage input
PIN 4 negative differential voltage input
Measuring range -10V to +10V (15 Bits with leading sign bit)
0 to 10 V (15 Bits without sign)
max. analog input voltage -12 V or +12 V
Input resistance approx. 1 M
Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.3% of range limit
relative short circuit at 55 C 0.5% of range limit
relative short circuit under
1% of range limit
EMC conditions
Repetition accuracy 0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 221
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 70150

2.37.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

V 2.5 222
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.37.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701,


Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 70150
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 145 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.37.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701,


Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 70150
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

V 2.5 223
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701,


Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 70150
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes

Inputs
Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels
PIN 2 positive differential voltage input
PIN 4 negative differential voltage input
Measuring range 0 mA 20 mA (15 Bits)
4 mA 20 mA (15 Bits)
max. analog input current 22 mA
Load resistance approx. 300
Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.3% of range limit
relative short circuit at 55 C 0.5% of range limit
relative short circuit under
1% of range limit
EMC conditions
Repetition accuracy 0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 224
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710

2.38.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710

V 2.5 225
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.38.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.38.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710


Max. number of outputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 75 mA

Actuator supply
Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)
Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec.
max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2

Reverse polarity protection


Module electronics Yes
Analog outputs No

V 2.5 226
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710

Outputs
Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel
Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels
PIN 4 analog voltage output
PIN 2 not used
Voltage range -10 V +10 V (11 Bits with leading sign)
0 10 V (11 Bits)
max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V
Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative error of output value 0.3% of range limit
relative error of output value
0.5% of range limit
at 55 C
relative error of output value
2% of range limit
under EMC conditions
Load 500
max. capacitive load 1 F
Response time max. resistive load 0.070 ms
max. capacitive load 0.800 ms
Nonlinearity 0.3% of range limit
Output ripple 0.3% of range limit
Cable length max. 30 m

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

V 2.5 227
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711


2.39.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
151

30

Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U)

V 2.5 228
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.39.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C55C
Storage temperature -20C75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,10,1 Nm

Connections
System connection IN M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
System connection OUT M12 connector (B coded) 6-pole
Sensor connections 4 x M12 round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.39.3 Elektrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711


Max. number of outputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 75 mA

Actuator supply
Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)
Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart
2
max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Analog outputs No

V 2.5 229
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711


Bus data
Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically

Outputs
Conversion time approx. 1 ms pro Kanal
Signal delay approx. 2,5 5,5 ms
PIN 4 analog voltage output
PIN 2 not used
Voltage range -10 V +10 V
0 10 V
max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V
Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative error of output value 0.3% of range limit
relative error of output value
0.5% of range limit
at 55 C
Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m

Diagnosis
Short circuit analog output > 0,4 V or analog output < -0,4 V

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field +
10 V/m
GSM
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field
30 A/m
50 Hz
EN 61000-6-3 interference
strength QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

V 2.5 230
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 720

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 72050

2.40.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
126

30

Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

V 2.5 231
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.40.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 720,


Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 72050
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
(only 56 72050)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 150 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.40.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 720,


Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 72050
Max. number of outputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Actuator supply
Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)
Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec.
2
max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Reverse polarity protection
Module electronics Yes
Analog outputs No
Outputs
Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel
Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels

V 2.5 232
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 720,


Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 72050
PIN 4 analog current output
PIN 2 not used
Current range 0 20 mA (11 Bits)
4 20 mA (11 Bits)
max. analog output current 20 mA
Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative error of output value 0.3% of range limit
relative error of output value
0.5% of range limit
at 55 C
relative error of output value
0.5% of range limit
under EMC conditions
Load resistance 500
max. capacitive load 1 F
Response time max. resistive load 0.020 ms
max. capacitive load 2.100 ms
Nonlinearity 0.3% of range limit
Output ripple 0.3% of range limit
Cable length max. 30 m
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

V 2.5 233
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721


2.41.1 Dimension drawings

34,5

22

5
75
151

30

Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I)

V 2.5 234
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.41.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C55C
Storage temperature -20C75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,10,1 Nm
Connections
System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.41.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721


Max. number of outputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Actuator supply
Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)
Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart
max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Analog outputs No
Bus data
Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Outputs
Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel
Signal delay approx. 2,5 5,5 ms
PIN 4 analog current output
Current range 0 20 mA
4 20 mA

V 2.5 235
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721


max. analoger output current 20 mA
Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative error of output value 0.3% of range limit
relative error of output value at 55 C 0.5% of range limit
relative error of output value under
0.5% of range limit
EMC conditions
Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m
Diagnosis
Overload detection > 3.5 mA
Within a range of 4 to 6 mA, the overload diagnostic may not function correctly.
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contakt 4 kV ; air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBV/m (30-230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

V 2.5 236
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 73050

2.42.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

V 2.5 237
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.42.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 73050
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
73050)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
- M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
- M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.42.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 73050
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
Inputs
Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels

V 2.5 238
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 73050
PIN 2 positive differential voltage input
PIN 4 negative differential voltage input
Measuring range 0 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)
4 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)
max. analog input current 22 mA
Load resistance approx. 300
Data format 15 bits, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.3% of range limit
relative measuring error at 55 C 0.5% of range limit
relative measuring error under EMC
1% of range limit
conditions
Repetition accuracy 0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 239
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731


2.43.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I)

V 2.5 240
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.43.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C55C
Storage temperature -20C75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,10,1 Nm
Connections
System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.43.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731


Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 100 mA Automatic restart
socket) > 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
Module electronics Yes
Bus data
Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs
Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 4,5 ms 10,5 ms
Input characteristic EN 61131-2
PIN 2 Positive analog input

V 2.5 241
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731


PIN 4 negativ analog input
Measure range 0 mA 20 mA
4 mA 20 mA
max. analog input current 23 mA
Load resistance approx. 50
Data format 15 Bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.3% of range limit
Repetition accuracy 0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Diagnosis
Upper limit 0 20 mA > 20 mA
Overload 4 20 mA < 2 mA
Lower limit 4 20 mA < 4 mA
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 242
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 740

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 74050

2.44.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
126

30

Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

V 2.5 243
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.44.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 740,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 74050
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
74050)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.44.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 740,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 74050
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Inputs
Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
PIN 1 Power source (red)

V 2.5 244
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 740,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 74050
PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)
PIN 3 GND (white)
PIN 4 4 wire input (white)
PIN 5 Not used
Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000
Nickel: 100, 120, 200, 500, 1000
Resistance: 03000 resist.
Input resistance >1 M
Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error at 55 C 0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error under EMC
5% of range limit
conditions
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 245
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741

2.45.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 116: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD

V 2.5 246
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.45.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C55C
Storage temperature -20C75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,10,1 Nm
Connections
System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.45.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741


Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Power supply
Operating voltage UB and sensor 24 V DC (must always be connected)
supply 24 V IN
Operating voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC
Summenstrom (ohne Inputs) 50 mA
Bus data
Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs
Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels

V 2.5 247
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741


PIN 1 Power source (red)
PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)
PIN 3 GND (white)
PIN 4 4 wire input (white)
PIN 5 Not used
Input characteristic EN 61131-2
Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000 (IEC 751)
Nickel: 100, 200, 500, 1000 (DIN 43760); 1208 (EC 7)
Resistance: 0 3000
Input resistance >1 M
Data format 15 Bit plus sign, Motorola or Intel-Format
relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error at 55 C 0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error under EMC
5% of range limit
conditions
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Diagnosis
Platinum Lower limit < -200 C; upper limit > 850 C
Nickel Lower limit < -60 C; upper limit > 250 C
Resistance > 3000
Overload Wire break, incorrect connection
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178
RatedVoltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

8
Im Temperaturbereich -45 C -30C kann der rel. Messfehler 5% vom Bereichsendwert betragen.

V 2.5 248
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)

AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 748

AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA Art. No. 56 74850

2.46.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)

V 2.5 249
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.46.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 748,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA Art. No. 56 74850
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Turning parts stainless steel X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
(only 56 74850)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.46.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 748,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA Art. No. 56 74850
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Inputs
Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
PIN 1 KTY +
PIN 2 Input TH+
PIN 3 KTY-
PIN 4 Input TH-
PIN 5 Not used
Thermo elements K, N, E, J, R

V 2.5 250
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 748,


Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA Art. No. 56 74850
Input resistance >1 M
Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit
relative measuring error at
0.5% of range limit
55C
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this


module.

V 2.5 251
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749


2.47.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH

V 2.5 252
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.47.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 749


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C 55C
Storage temperature -20C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,10,1 Nm
Connections
System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.47.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 749,


Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Bus data
Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs
Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
Cold junction compensation Via KTY-M12 connector (Art. No. 56945 / 56946)
PIN 1 KTY +
PIN 2 Input TH+
PIN 3 KTY-
PIN 4 Input TH-
PIN 5 Not used
Thermocouple K, N, E, J, R
Input resistance >1 M

V 2.5 253
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) Art. No. 56 749,


Data format 15 Bit plus sign, alternativ Motorola- oder Intel-Format
relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit
relative measuring error at 55C 0.5% of range limit
Calibration Self calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Measure range
K -150 C 1372 C
N -150 C 1300 C
J -150 C 1200 C
E -150 C 1000 C
R -50 C 1768 C
Diagnosis
Overload TH Wire break TH
Overload KTY Wire break KTY or KTY not connected
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contakt 4 kV ; air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./ symmetrical 0,5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30-230 MHz) class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this


module.

V 2.5 254
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750

2.48.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750

V 2.5 255
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.48.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.48.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750


Number of inputs 4
Number of counter inputs 2
Number of outputs 2
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 1.6 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

V 2.5 256
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750


0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Counter inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Countfrequency max. 300 kHz
Count depth and data format 32 Bit ( 31+VZ)
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 257
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752

2.49.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752

V 2.5 258
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.49.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C70C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 10 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm
2-6 58 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm
M4 fixing screw 2 0.5 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.49.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752


Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption 100 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
for sensors > 100 mA Reset required
Overload / short circuit fuse 300 mA Automatic restart
Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
for IO link > 300 mA Reset required

Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature


Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel
Max. total current max. 4 A per supply

V 2.5 259
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752


Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 2 5 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load max. 30 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 1 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 260
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760

2.50.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22

5
75
126

30

Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760

V 2.5 261
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.50.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C ... 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 125 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1 0.1 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 2 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
RS 485 M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.50.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760


Max. number of inputs 4
Max. number of outputs 4
RS 485 1
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Multifuse (for each M12 100 mA Automatic restart
Overload / short circuit fuse socket) > 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

V 2.5 262
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Signal delay 7 ms
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
RS485
Transfer rate 9600 Baud, half duplex
Transfer modes 8 Bit, Even parity, 1 stopbit
Bit transfer differencial signal
Cable impedance 120
Cable length max.1,200 m with PROFIBUS cable
Electrical insulation galvanically
Bytes in the process image 3 Control bytes, 5 User bytes
Data buffer 64 bytes input, 64 bytes output, FIFO
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
requirements and tests EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF
10 V
asymmetrical
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50
30 A/m
Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 263
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761

2.51.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761

V 2.5 264
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.51.2 Mechanical data

Mechanical data
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... +55C
Storage temperature -25C ... +70C
Enclosure type according to EN 60529 IP 67

Mechanical ambient conditions


Oscillation according to EN 60068 Part 2-6 10 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm
58 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock according to EN 60068 Part 2-27 Amplitude 50 g, 11 ms duration

Connection possibilities
Internal system connection IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
Internal system connection OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor / Actuator 2x M12 female connector 5-pin
RS485 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key
coding)
RS232 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key
coding)

Miscellaneous
Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm 151 x 30 x 34,5 mm
Mounting dimension in mm 75 0.5 mm
Weight Approx. 170 g

2.51.3 Electrical Data

Electrical data
Cube Slave IP67
M12 socket 0, 1, contact 4 2 inputs or 2 outputs
M12 socket 0, 1, contact 2 2 diagnostics or 2 inputs or 2 outputs
M12 socket 2 RS485
M12 socket 3 RS232

Bus data
Transfer protocol Internal System
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing Automatic

Power supply
Operation voltage UB and Sensor power supply 24 V DC (must always be connected)
24V IN
Actuator power supply 24V 24 V DC
Current per pin Max. 4 A
Operation voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC
Current consumption (without inputs) 80 mA

V 2.5 265
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Electrical data
Sensor supply (M12 socket 0, 1) Max. 200 mA per socket DIO
Short circuit protection for sensors Multi-fuse
Up to 100 mA load: Automatic start-up
From 100 mA load: A reset is required
Sensor supply (M12 socket 2) Max. 700 mA socket RS485
Short circuit protection for RS485 Multi-fuse
Up to 300 mA load: Automatic start-up
From 300 mA load: A reset is required
Multi-fuse reaction time (time to trip) 1s at IK 1 A and 23C
2
Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm )
Reverse polarity protection, inputs Yes

Inputs / Diagnosis
Delay time for signal change 2 5 ms
Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 2

Outputs
Actuator current load Max. 0.5 A per actuator
Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm2)
Cycle frequency Max. 50 Hz
Lamp load Max. 10 W

RS232 / RS485 common


Transmit buffer size 512 3 584 Byte FIFO
Receive buffer size 512 3 584 Byte FIFO
Total buffer size 4 096 Byte
Data transfer rate 150 to 230 400 Baud
Bus data protocol Polling, request
Data bits 5 8 Bit
Stop bits 1, 1.5, 2 Bit
Data parity None, Even, Odd, Mark, Space
Data packet size 3 125 Byte
Electrical isolation Galvanically, seperated GND
RS485
Physical signal Differential voltage
Cable impedance 120
Cable length Max. 1 200 m (shielded)
Voltage level, referred to separated GND:
Receive -60V -0.2V
+60V +0.2V
Transmit, unloaded > +4.1V logic 0
< -4.1V logic 1
Transmit, 50 load > +1.8V logic 0
< -1.8V logic 1
Transmit, 18 load > +1.1V logic 0
< -1.1V logic 1
Duplex Half duplex

RS232
Physical signal Single ended
Cable length Max. 15 m (shielded)

V 2.5 266
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Electrical data
Voltage level, referred to separated GND:
Receive -3V -31V logic 1
+3V +31V logic 0
Transmit < -13.5V logic 1
> +13.5V logic 0
Duplex Full duplex

EMC
EN 61131-2 Product standard
EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contact 4 kV, air 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 RF-Field & GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst 1 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge Asym./symm. 500 V (DC input)
Asym. 1 kV (Signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF-asymmetric 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 Magnetic field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 55011 Emission QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) (class B)

V 2.5 267
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765

2.52.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765

V 2.5 268
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.52.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765

Ambient conditions

Operating temperature 0C ... 55C

Storage temperature -25C70C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials

Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data

Mating cycles / contact 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 10 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm


2-6
58 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information

Weight 210 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm

M4 fixing screw 2 0.5 Nm

Connections

System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

V 2.5 269
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.52.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765

Max. number of inputs 16

Max. number of outputs 16

Operating voltage 24V DC 25%

Current consumption 100 mA

Sensor Supply

Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket

Overload / short circuit fuse 100 mA Automatic restart


Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
for sensors > 100 mA Reset required

Overload / short circuit fuse 300 mA Automatic restart


Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
for IO link > 300 mA Reset required

Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection

- Module electronics Yes

- Sensors Yes

- Actuators Yes

Outputs

Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel

Max. total current max. 4 A per supply

Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm

Signal delay 2 5 ms

V 2.5 270
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765

Max. switching frequency at


50 Hz
resistive load

Max. switching frequency at


5 Hz
resistive load

Max. lamp load max. 30 W

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs

Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2

Input filter approx. 1 ms

Signal delay 2 4 ms

Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC

EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV


controllers - Part 2:
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and
tests EN 61000-4-4 Burst 1 kV

asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC

EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input

asym. 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)


class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B

Insulation EN 50178

Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance 5m

V 2.5 271
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771

2.53.1 Dimension drawing

34,5

22
5
75
151

30

Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771

V 2.5 272
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.53.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information
Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm

Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.53.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771


Number of inputs 6
Number of outputs 2
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 100 mA Automatic restart
socket) > 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik 1 A und 23C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection


- Module electronics Yes

V 2.5 273
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771


- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes

Outputs
Nominal current 0.5 A per channel
Max. total current 4A
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
0.75 mm Max. 10 m
Cable length
0.34 mm Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm
Max. switching frequency at
50 Hz
resistive load
Max. switching frequency at
5 Hz
resistive load
Max. lamp load 10 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 7 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: Equipment EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
requirements and tests EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50
30 A/m
Hz
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
EN 61000-6-3 interference class B
strength QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 274
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 955

2.54.1 Dimension drawing

35,5

22 30

151

Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8 Art. No. 56 955

V 2.5 275
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

2.54.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 955


Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0C ... 55C
Storage temperature -25C 75C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068- 15 g
2-6
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm
Connections
Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole
External actuator supply (output) M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.54.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 955


Number of outputs 4 - non switchable (external actuator supply output)
Operating voltage 24V DC 25%
Current consumption approx. 30 mA
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
Outputs Yes
Outputs
Nominal current 4 A per system connection
Max. total current 9A
Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Cable length 0.5 mm Max. 5 m
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact 4 kV ; air 8 kV
controllers - Part 2: EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
Equipment requirements and EN 61000-4-4 Burst 2 kV
tests
asym./symmetrical 0.5 kV DC
EN 61000-4-5 Surge power input
asym. 1 kV signal connections

V 2.5 276
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 955


EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
QP 30 dBV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 37 dBV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Isolation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance 5 m

V 2.5 277
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

3. Accessories

3.1 General accessories

Terminating resistors
Art. No. Quantity Description
7000-14041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 PROFIBUS (male)
7000-13461-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (male)
7000-13471-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (female)
7002-15041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 for the internal system connection (male)

Blank plugs
Art. No. Quantity Description
56 951 4 pcs. Blind plug M12 Cube67 BP (for internal system connection)
58 627 10 pcs. M12 blind plug
38 58627 10 pcs. M8 blind plug
7000-13481-0000000 1 pc. Blind plug diagnostic M12x1

Connector for field wiring


Art. No. Description
7000-14001-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector male B-coded straight (shielded)
7000-14021-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector female B-coded straight (shielded)
7000-12761-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector male a-coded straight
7000-12961-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector female a-coded straight
7000-78081-0000000 Power 7/8" connector straight
7000-78201-0000000 Power 7/8" connector female straight

7000-99031-0000000 Torque wrench M12


7000-99030-0000000 Mounting key M12

Terminals Art. No.


Male straight Male 90 Female straight Female 90
4...6 7000-13301-0000000 7000-13341-0000000 7000-13381-0000000 7000-13421-0000000
6...8 7000-13321-0000000 7000-13361-0000000 7000-13401-0000000 7000-13441-0000000

V 2.5 278
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Power T-coupler 7/8"


Configu Art. No. Note
ration
7000-50061-0000000 Male-Female-Female

Cube67 Power T-coupler


Configur
Art. No. Note
ation

47 316 Female-Male-Male

Desina-Sensor
Nominal operating distance: 2 mm flush (protected 0...1.6 mm)
Operating voltage: 10...30 V DC
Current-carrying capacity: Short-circuit protected and polarity protected
Switching frequency: 800 Hz
Art. No. Description
17 259 Desina-Sensor M12 x 1

Adapter for internal system connections


Art. No. Description
56 947 Cube67 FSC Pin M12
56 948 Cube67 FSC Socket M12 Mount
56 949 Cube67 FSC Socket M12

Module accessories for 56 748 AI4 C 4xM12 TH


Art. No. Description
56 945 Cube67KTY M12 (straight)
56 946 Cube67KTY M12 (90)

V 2.5 279
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Valve plugs form A


Pin spacing 18 mm
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, pressure switch 24 V DC
Max. operating current 4 A
Art. No. Line direction Note
7000-41341-0000000 LED yellow, protection circuit for valves
M12 top connection
7000-41361-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button
7000-41461-0000000 LED yellow, protection circuit for valves
M12 rear connection
7000-41481-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button
Valve connector combination Form A
Pin spacing 18 mm
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Max. operating current 4 A
Art. No. Line direction Cable length
7000-41501-2260000 100 mm
7000-41521-2260000 M12 top connection 150 mm
7000-41541-2260000 200 mm
7000-41561-2260000 100 mm
7000-41581-2260000 M12 rear connection 150 mm
7000-41601-2260000 200 mm

Cable gland
Art. No. Quantity Description
55 357 2 pcs. M16 for 1.5 cable diameter 5...10 mm

Documentation
56 970 Cube67 System Manual (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 971 Cube67 Technical Data (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 980 Cube67 Bus System Manual PROFIBUS (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 981 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 982 Cube67 Bus System Manual CANopen (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 983 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-E (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 984 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet V2 (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 985 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-PNIO (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

Other system accessories on request +49 (0) 7191/47-0

V 2.5 280
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

3.2 Cables

DeviceNet / CANopen DeviceNet / CANopen

Male - Female
Male - Female
straight - Art. No. Length Art. No. Length
90 - 90
straight
7000-40531-8030030 0.3 m 7000-40551-8030030 0.3 m
7000-40531-8030060 0.6 m 7000-40551-8030060 0.6 m
7000-40531-8030100 1.0 m 7000-40551-8030030 1.0 m

7000-40531-8030200 2.0 m 7000-40551-8030200 2.0 m

7000-40531-8030300 3.0 m 7000-40551-8030300 3.0 m

7000-40531-8030500 5.0 m 7000-40551-8030500 5.0 m

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS

Male - Female
Male - Female
straight - Art. No. Length Art. No. Length
90- 90
straight
7000-44001-8400030 0.3 m 7000-44021-8400030 0.3 m
7000-44001-8400060 0.6 m 7000-44021-8400060 0.6 m
7000-44001-8400100 1.0 m 7000-44021-8400100 1.0 m

7000-44001-8400200 2.0 m 7000-44021-8400200 2.0 m

7000-44001-8400300 3.0 m 7000-44021-8400300 3.0 m

7000-44001-8400500 5.0 m 7000-44021-8400500 5.0 m

V 2.5 281
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Internal system connection Internal system connection

Male - Female
Male - Female
straight - Art. No. Length Art. No. Length
90- 90
straight
7000-46041-8020030 0.3 m 7000-46061-8020030 0.3 m
7000-46041-8020060 0.6 m 7000-46061-8020060 0.6 m
7000-46041-8020100 1.0 m 7000-46061-8020100 1.0 m
7000-46041-8020150 1.5 m 7000-46061-8020150 1.5 m
7000-46041-8020200 2.0 m 7000-46061-8020200 2.0 m
7000-46041-8020250 2.5 m 7000-46061-8020250 2.5 m
7000-46041-8020300 3.0 m 7000-46061-8020300 3.0 m
7000-46041-8020350 3.5 m 7000-46061-8020350 3.5 m
7000-46041-8020400 4.0 m 7000-46061-8020400 4.0 m
7000-46041-8020450 4.5 m 7000-46061-8020450 4.5 m
7000-46041-8020500 5.0 m 7000-46061-8020500 5.0 m

External Power External Power

Male - Female
Male - Female
straight - Art. No. Length Art. No. Length
90- 90
straight
7000-46001-4140030 0.3 m 7000-46021-4140030 0.3 m
7000-46001-4140060 0.6 m 7000-46021-4140060 0.6 m
7000-46001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-46021-4140100 1.0 m
7000-46001-4140150 1.5 m 7000-46021-4140150 1.5 m
7000-46001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-46021-4140200 2.0 m
7000-46001-4140250 2.5 m 7000-46021-4140250 2.5 m
7000-46001-414030 3.0 m 7000-46021-4140300 3.0 m
7000-46001-4140350 3.5 m 7000-46021-4140350 3.5 m
7000-46001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-46021-4140400 4.0 m
7000-46001-4140450 4.5 m 7000-46021-4140450 4.5 m
7000-46001-4140500 5.0 m 7000-46021-4140500 5.0 m
Female
Art. No. Length Female 90 Art. No. Length
straight

7000-15001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-15021-4140100 1.0 m

7000-15001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-15021-4140200 2.0 m

7000-15001-4140300 3.0 m 7000-15021-4140300 3.0 m

7000-15001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-15021-4140400 4.0 m

7000-15001-4140500 5.0 m .7000-15021-4140500 5.0 m

V 2.5 282
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Power Cable 7/8" Power Cable 7/8"

Male - Female
Female
Art. No. Length straight - Art. No. Length
straight
straight
7000-50021-9510030 0.3 m
7000-50021-9510060 0.6 m
7000-50021-9510100 1.0 m
7000-78021-9510150 1.5 m
7000-50021-9510200 2.0 m

7000-78021-9510300 3.0 m

7000-78021-9510500 5.0 m
7000-78021-9511000 10.0 m
Art. No. Description
7000-15101-1380500 MSBL0-2 138 5.0m Cube67-Safety
7000-15101-1381000 MSBL0-2 138 10.0m Cube67-Safety

I/O cable with M16 male connector for Cube 67 56 663


Art. No. Description
7000-16751-9620200 M16 male straight, with open ended wires, 2m PUR

7000-16851-9620200 M16 male 90, with open ended wires, 2m PUR

V 2.5 283
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

4. Table of Figures

Fig. 1: Mounting position .................................................................................................................... 25


Fig. 2: Cube67+ .................................................................................................................................. 26
Fig. 3: Cube20 .................................................................................................................................... 27
Fig. 4: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 27
Fig. 5: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 28
Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67................................................................................................. 34
Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67 ....................................................................................................... 35
Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67 ................................................................. 36
Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67 ........................................................................... 37
Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67 ........................................................................................... 38
Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 39
Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+ ............................................................................ 40
Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+ ................................................................................................. 41
Fig. 14: Mounting example ............................................................................................................... 42
Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth ....................................................................................... 44
Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets ............................................................. 45
Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium ......................................... 46
Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly ............................................................................................ 47
Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P ............................................................................. 48
Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P ........................................................................... 49
Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN........................................................................... 50
Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C ............................................................................. 51
Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E ............................................................................. 52
Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN........................................................................... 53
Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid ................................................................... 54
Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600 ..................................................... 56
Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply ................................................................................ 57
Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765 ...................... 58
Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641 .......................... 59
Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602 ..................................................... 60
Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56605 ........................................ 61
Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62
Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62
Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620 ......................................................... 63
Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621 ........................................................ 64
Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622 ......................................................... 65
Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623 ........................................................... 66
Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 Art. No. 56650 .................................................. 67
Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 68
Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 65003 .................................. 69
Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 70
Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve .............................................................................. 71
Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A Art. No. 56663 .................................................. 72
Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket ................................................................................... 72

V 2.5 284
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 681 .............................................. 73
Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 68100..................................... 74
Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 75
Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700 ................................................... 76
Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ........................................................... 77
Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710 ................................................. 78
Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) ............................................................................... 80
Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................. 82
Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................. 84
Fig. 57: Anschlussbersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD .................................................................. 85
Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH ............................................................ 86
Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ................................................................................ 87
Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750 ................................. 88
Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760 .......................................... 89
Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761 ............ 90
Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771 .................................. 91
Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 .................................................................. 92
Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450 ........................................................... 93
Fig. 66: Terminal assignments........................................................................................................ 103
Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector .............................................................. 107
Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 107
Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply .............................................................................. 110
Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style) ............................................................. 111
Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 111
Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501 ....................................................................... 113
Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ..................................................................... 116
Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN .............................................................................................. 119
Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504 ....................................................................... 122
Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 ....................................................................... 125
Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 ............................................................ 128
Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450............................................................. 131
Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600 ................................................... 134
Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 ................................................................................ 137
Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602 ...................................................... 140
Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603 ...................................................... 143
Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 605 ...................................... 146
Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 606 ............................................. 149
Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 610 ..................................................... 152
Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 155
Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612 ........................................................ 158
Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613 ........................................................ 161
Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616 ............................................... 164
Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620 ....................................................... 167
Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .................................................................................... 170
Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622 .......................................................... 173
Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623 .......................................................... 176
Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 626 ................................................. 179
Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 631 ................................................ 182
Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 640........................................... 185

V 2.5 285
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 641 ......................... 188
Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3................ 191
Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve .................................................................................. 194
Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve .................................................................................... 197
Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve .................................................................................. 200
Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable ................................................................................... 203
Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable ................................................................................. 206
Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A Art. No. 56 663 ................................................ 209
Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box .......................................................................... 212
Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 216
Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 700 .................................................. 219
Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................... 222
Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710 ................................................ 225
Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................. 228
Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 231
Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 234
Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 237
Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 240
Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................ 243
Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) ............................................................................ 249
Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ............................................................................... 252
Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 750 .................................................... 255
Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 752 ........................................ 258
Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 Art. No. 56 760 ......................................... 261
Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 761 ................................ 264
Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 765 ........................................ 268
Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 771 ..................................................... 272
Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8 Art. No. 56 955 ......................................................... 275

V 2.5 286
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

5. Index of Tables

Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly ................................................................................................ 27


Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions ................................................................................................... 30
Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes ...................................................................................................... 33
Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control .......................................................................................... 67
Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control ...................................................................................... 69
Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules .................................................................................... 94
Tab. 7: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 96
Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs ............................................ 96
Tab. 9: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 98
Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs .............................................. 98
Tab. 11: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 100
Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug ............................................................................ 100
Tab. 13: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 101
Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os ......................................................... 101
Tab. 15: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 102
Tab. 16: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104
Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104
Tab. 18: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104
Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104
Tab. 20: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 105
Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 105
Tab. 22: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 106
Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 106
Tab. 24: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 107
Tab. 25: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 108
Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug ........................................................... 109
Tab. 27: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 110
Tab. 28: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 111
Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals .................................................................................... 112
Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media ........ 214

V 2.5 287
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

Legal Provisions

Exclusion of Liability

Murrelektronik GmbH has checked the contents of this technical documentation for conformity with the
hardware and software described therein. Deviations can not be excluded in individual cases. For this
reason, Murrelektronik excludes the warranty for the correctness of its contents and any liability for
errors, in particular full conformity. The limitation of liability shall not apply if the cause for damage is
attributable to willful intent and/or gross negligence, or for all claims arising from the Product Liability
Law. Should a major contractual obligation be violated by criminal negligence, the liability of
Murrelektronik GmbH shall be limited to damages that typically arise.
Subject to technical changes and alternations in content. We advise that you check at regular intervals
whether this documentation has been updated since corrections that may become necessary due to
technical advances are included by Murrelektronik GmbH at regular intervals. We are gratefully for any
suggestions for improvement.

Copyright

It is prohibited to transfer or photocopy the documentation either in paper or in digital form, reuse or
divulge its contents unless otherwise expressly permitted by Murrelektronik GmbH or in conjunction
with the production of documentation for third-party products that contain products made by
Murrelektronik GmbH. Violations will result in liability for damages. All rights reserved, in particular in
the event of the award of patents or granting of utility models.

Right of Use

Murrelektronik GmbH grants its customers a non-exclusive right revocable at any time and for an
indefinite period of time to use this documentation to produce their own technical documentation. For
this purpose, the documentation produced by Murrelektronik GmbH may be changed in parts, or
amended, or copied ,and transferred to the customer's users as part of the customer's own technical
documentation on paper or on electronic media. The customer shall then bear sole responsibility for
the correctness of the contents of the technical documentation produced by him.
If the technical documentation is integrated in part, or in full in the customer's technical documentation,
the customer shall refer to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH. Furthermore, special attention shall
be paid to compliance with the safety instructions.
Although the customer is obliged to make reference to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH, provided
the technical documentation of Murrelektronik GmbH is used, the customer shall market and/or use
the technical documentation on his sole responsibility. The reason is that Murrelektronik GmbH has no
influence on changes or applications of the technical documentation and even minor changes to the
starting product or deviations in the intended applications may render incorrect the specifications
contained in the technical documentation. For this reason, the customer is obliged to identify the
technical documentation originating from Murrelektronik GmbH if and inasmuch as the documentation
is changed by the customer. The customer shall be obliged to release Murrelektronik from the damage
claims of third parties if the latter are attributable to any deficits in the documentation. This shall not
apply to damages to the rights of third parties caused by deliberate or criminal intent.
The customer shall be entitled to use the company brands of Murrelektronik GmbH exclusively for his
product advertising, but only inasmuch as the products of Murrelektronik GmbH are integrated in the
products marketed by the customer. The customer shall refer to the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH in
an adequate manner if the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH were used.

V 2.5 288
Murrelektronik GmbH|Falkenstrae 3, D-71570 Oppenweiler|P.O. Box 1165, D-71567 Oppenweiler
Phone +49 7191 47-0|Fax +49 7191 47-130|info@murrelektronik.com|www.murrelektronik.com

The information in this manual has been compiled with the utmost care. Liability for the correctness, completeness and topicality
of the information is restricted to gross negligence.

Você também pode gostar